1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
40 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
42 #include "coff/symconst.h"
43 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
44 #include "coff/mips.h"
48 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
49 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
56 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
57 There are four types of entry:
59 (1) an absolute address
60 requires: abfd == NULL
63 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
64 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
65 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
67 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
68 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
72 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
73 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
76 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
78 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
79 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
83 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
85 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
86 that should be added to the symbol value. */
88 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
89 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
90 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
91 otherwise it is in the global area. */
92 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
95 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
96 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
97 unsigned char tls_type
;
99 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
100 and created the associated relocations. */
101 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
103 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
104 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
105 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
109 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
110 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
111 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
112 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
113 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
115 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
116 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
117 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
118 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
119 struct mips_got_page_ref
124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
130 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
131 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
133 struct mips_got_page_range
135 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
136 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
137 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
140 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
141 relocations against a given section. */
142 struct mips_got_page_entry
144 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
146 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
147 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
148 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
152 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
156 /* The number of global .got entries. */
157 unsigned int global_gotno
;
158 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
159 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
160 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
161 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
162 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
163 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
164 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
165 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
166 unsigned int local_gotno
;
167 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
168 unsigned int page_gotno
;
169 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
171 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
172 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
173 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
174 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
175 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
176 struct htab
*got_entries
;
177 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
178 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
179 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
180 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
181 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
182 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
183 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
186 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
188 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
190 /* The output bfd. */
192 /* The link information. */
193 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
194 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
195 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
197 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
198 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
200 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
201 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
203 unsigned int max_count
;
204 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
205 unsigned int max_pages
;
206 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
207 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
208 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
210 unsigned int global_count
;
213 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
214 when laying out the GOT. */
216 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
218 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
219 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
223 struct _mips_elf_section_data
225 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
232 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
233 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
235 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
236 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
237 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
238 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
240 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
241 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
242 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
243 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
244 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
245 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
247 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
248 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
249 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
250 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
251 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
254 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
255 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
256 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
258 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
261 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
262 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
265 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
267 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
271 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
273 to a separate trampoline section.
275 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
276 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
277 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
278 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
279 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
280 asection
*stub_section
;
282 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
285 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
286 in H->root.root.u.def. */
287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
290 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
292 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
293 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
294 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
296 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
297 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
298 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
299 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
300 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
302 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
303 the dynamic symbols. */
305 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
307 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
309 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
310 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
311 symbol with a GOT entry. */
312 long min_got_dynindx
;
313 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
314 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
315 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
316 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
317 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
318 symbol without a GOT entry. */
319 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
322 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
323 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
324 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
329 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
332 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
335 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
338 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
339 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
341 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
342 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
344 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
345 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
348 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
349 the global hash table. */
351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
353 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
355 /* External symbol information. */
358 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
359 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
361 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
363 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
365 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
366 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
369 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
370 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
374 being called returns a floating point value. */
375 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
377 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
378 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
380 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
381 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
382 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
383 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
385 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
386 is against a readonly section. */
387 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
389 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
390 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
391 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
392 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
394 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
395 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
396 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
397 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
398 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
400 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
401 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
402 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
405 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
406 la25 stub is required. */
407 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
409 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
410 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
411 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
414 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
417 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
419 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
421 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
423 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
424 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
426 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
427 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
429 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
430 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
431 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
433 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
434 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
436 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
437 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
439 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
440 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
442 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
445 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
446 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
448 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
449 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
451 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
462 /* The master GOT information. */
463 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
465 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
467 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
469 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
470 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
472 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
473 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
475 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
476 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
478 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
479 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
481 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
482 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
484 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
485 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
487 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
488 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
490 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
491 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
493 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
494 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
496 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
497 See the comment above that structure for details. */
498 asection
*strampoline
;
500 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
504 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
505 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
506 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
507 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
509 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
511 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
513 /* Small local sym cache. */
514 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
516 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
517 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
520 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
522 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
523 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
524 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
526 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
527 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
529 /* The usual link-wide information. */
530 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
533 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
537 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
539 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
541 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
542 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
544 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
547 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
550 /* The abiflags for this object. */
551 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
552 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
554 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
555 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
557 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
558 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
559 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
560 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
562 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
563 asection
**local_stubs
;
564 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
566 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
567 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
568 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
569 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
570 asection
*elf_data_section
;
571 asection
*elf_text_section
;
574 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
576 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
577 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
579 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
580 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
581 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
600 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
608 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
613 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
614 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
615 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
619 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
621 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
624 "_procedure_string_table",
625 "_procedure_table_size",
629 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
634 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
635 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
636 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
637 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
638 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
639 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
648 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
649 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
650 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
654 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
655 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
656 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
657 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
658 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
659 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
664 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
665 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
666 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
667 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
668 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
676 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
682 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
684 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
686 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
688 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
690 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
692 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
695 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
696 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
697 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
698 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
699 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
701 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
702 has different meaning for each type:
705 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
706 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
707 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
708 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
711 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
712 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
713 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
714 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
716 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
721 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
722 loader for use by the static exception system. */
724 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
725 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
726 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
727 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
728 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
729 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
730 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
731 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
732 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
733 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
735 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
737 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
738 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
740 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
741 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
743 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
744 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
745 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
747 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
748 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
749 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
750 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
751 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
752 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
754 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
755 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
757 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
758 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
759 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
760 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
761 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
763 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
764 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
765 for RM9000 for now. */
766 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
767 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
769 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
770 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
772 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
774 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
775 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
777 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
779 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
780 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
781 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
783 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
784 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
785 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
787 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
788 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
789 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
791 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
792 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
793 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
795 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
796 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
798 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
799 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
800 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
802 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
803 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
804 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
805 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
807 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
808 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
809 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
811 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
812 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
813 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
815 /* The name of the options section. */
816 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
817 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
819 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
820 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
821 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
822 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
824 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
825 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
826 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
828 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
829 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
830 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
831 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
833 /* The name of the stub section. */
834 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
836 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
837 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
838 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
840 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
841 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
842 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
844 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
845 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
846 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
848 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
849 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
850 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
852 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
853 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
854 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
856 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
857 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
858 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
860 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
861 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
862 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
864 /* Get word-sized data. */
865 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
866 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
868 /* Put out word-sized data. */
869 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
871 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
872 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
874 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
875 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
876 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
878 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
879 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
880 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
882 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
883 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
885 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
886 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
887 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
889 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
890 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
891 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
892 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
894 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
895 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
897 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
898 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
900 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
901 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
902 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
904 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
906 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
908 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
909 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
911 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
912 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
913 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
915 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
916 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
917 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
919 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
920 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
921 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
923 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
924 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
926 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
927 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
929 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
930 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
931 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
932 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
934 ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \
935 : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */
936 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
937 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
938 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
939 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
940 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
941 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
942 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
943 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
944 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
946 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
947 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
949 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
950 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
952 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
953 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
954 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
956 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
959 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
960 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
961 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
962 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
965 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
966 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
967 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
968 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
969 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
970 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
971 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
972 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
974 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
975 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
977 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
979 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
980 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
983 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
984 floating point arguments.
986 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
987 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
988 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
989 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
990 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
991 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
992 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
993 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
995 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
996 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
997 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
998 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
999 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1000 stub should be discarded.
1002 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1003 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1004 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1005 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1006 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1007 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1008 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1011 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1012 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1013 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1015 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1017 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1018 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1019 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1021 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1022 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1023 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1025 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1026 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1028 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1029 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1030 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1031 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1032 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1033 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1034 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1035 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1038 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1039 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1040 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1042 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1043 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1044 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1045 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1046 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1047 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1048 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1049 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1052 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1053 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1054 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1056 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1057 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1058 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1059 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1060 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1061 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1062 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1063 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1066 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1067 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1068 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1069 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1071 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1072 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1074 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1075 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1076 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1077 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1078 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1079 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1080 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1081 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1085 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1086 in the insn32 mode. */
1087 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1089 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1090 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1091 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1092 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1093 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */
1094 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1095 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1096 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1099 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1100 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1102 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1103 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1104 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1105 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1108 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1109 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1110 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1111 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1113 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1114 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1115 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1116 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1119 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1120 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1121 directly addressable. */
1122 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1124 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1125 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1126 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1128 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1130 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1133 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1134 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1135 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1137 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1138 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1139 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1140 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1143 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1144 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1146 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1147 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1148 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1149 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1152 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1153 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1155 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1156 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1157 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1158 0x00000000, /* nop */
1159 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1160 0x00000000 /* nop */
1163 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1164 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1166 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1167 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1168 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1169 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1170 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1171 0x00000000, /* nop */
1172 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1173 0x00000000 /* nop */
1176 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1177 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1179 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1180 0x00000000, /* nop */
1181 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1182 0x00000000, /* nop */
1183 0x00000000, /* nop */
1184 0x00000000 /* nop */
1187 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1188 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1190 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1191 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1194 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1197 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1199 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1200 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1203 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1206 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1208 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1211 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1213 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1214 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1215 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1218 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1220 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1221 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1223 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1226 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1227 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1229 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1230 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1233 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1235 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1236 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1238 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1242 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1244 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1245 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1247 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1250 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1252 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1253 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1254 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1256 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1257 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1259 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1262 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1264 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1266 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1267 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1268 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1272 /* Set local fields. */
1273 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1274 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1275 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1278 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1279 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1280 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1281 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1282 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1283 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1284 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1286 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1287 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1288 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1289 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1290 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1293 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1296 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1299 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1301 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1308 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1310 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1311 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1313 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1316 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1319 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1322 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1323 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1326 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1327 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1330 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1333 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1334 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1336 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1337 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1340 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1341 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1344 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1345 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1347 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1349 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1350 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1351 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1354 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1355 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1356 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1357 goto error_return; \
1358 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1359 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1360 goto error_return; \
1363 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1364 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1365 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1366 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1367 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1370 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1371 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1372 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1373 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1374 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1382 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1384 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1386 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1387 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1388 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1389 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1390 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1391 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1392 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1393 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1394 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1395 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1396 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1398 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1399 free (debug
->ssext
);
1400 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1401 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1402 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1403 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1404 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1405 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1409 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1412 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1414 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1421 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1422 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1424 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1427 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1430 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1432 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1434 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1435 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1437 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1439 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1440 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1444 bfd_size_type count
;
1445 unsigned long sindex
;
1449 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1457 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1459 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1460 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1463 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1465 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1469 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1472 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1473 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 size
= sizeof (char *);
1478 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1482 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1483 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1484 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1488 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1491 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1492 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1495 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1498 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1499 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1501 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1502 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1503 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1504 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1505 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1506 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1507 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1508 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1509 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1510 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1512 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1513 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1517 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1518 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1519 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1522 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1526 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1529 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1531 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1532 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1533 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1534 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1536 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1537 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1538 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1540 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1542 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1544 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1546 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1547 matters, but someday it might). */
1548 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1577 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1578 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1581 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1583 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1586 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1587 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1590 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1593 /* Create a new symbol. */
1594 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1596 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1597 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1601 /* Make it a local function. */
1602 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1603 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1605 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1609 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1610 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1614 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1619 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1624 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1625 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1626 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1627 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1628 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1630 /* Create a new symbol. */
1631 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1633 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1634 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1638 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1639 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1640 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1641 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1642 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1643 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1647 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1648 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1651 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1655 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1656 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1657 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1662 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1663 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1664 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1666 static unsigned long
1667 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1668 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1669 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1672 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1675 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1676 one in a compound relocation. */
1677 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1678 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1679 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1681 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1682 the traditional behavior. */
1683 if (relocs
< relend
)
1684 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1689 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1693 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1696 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1697 objects try to call them. */
1698 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1699 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1701 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1702 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1705 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1706 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1708 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1709 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1710 being included in the link. */
1711 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1712 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1717 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1718 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1720 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1721 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1722 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1723 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1724 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1725 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1726 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1729 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1730 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1732 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1733 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1734 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1735 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1736 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1737 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1742 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1745 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1747 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1749 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1750 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1751 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1755 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1757 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1759 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1760 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1761 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1762 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1763 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1764 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1767 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1768 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1772 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1773 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1776 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1778 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1782 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1783 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1784 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1785 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1791 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1792 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1793 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1794 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1795 entry points are of interest here. */
1798 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1800 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1801 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1802 && h
->root
.def_regular
1803 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1804 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1805 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1806 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1807 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1810 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1811 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1814 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1817 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1819 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1820 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1825 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1826 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1830 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1831 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1832 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1835 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1836 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1838 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1840 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1843 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1847 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1848 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1851 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1853 /* Create the section. */
1854 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1855 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1856 input_section
->output_section
);
1860 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1861 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1862 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1865 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1867 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1868 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1869 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1870 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1872 /* Allocate room for it. */
1877 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1878 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1879 the function symbol to it. */
1882 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1888 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1892 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1893 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1896 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1897 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1898 input_section
->output_section
);
1899 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1901 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1904 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1905 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1906 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1907 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1909 /* Allocate room for it. */
1914 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1915 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1918 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1922 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1923 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1928 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1929 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1933 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1934 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1938 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1942 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1945 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1946 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1950 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1951 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1957 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1958 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1959 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1960 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1962 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1963 return (use_trampoline_p
1964 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1965 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1968 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1969 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1972 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1974 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1976 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1977 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1978 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1980 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1982 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1983 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1984 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1987 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1988 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1989 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1990 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1992 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1994 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1995 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1997 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2006 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2007 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2010 The format of these instructions is:
2012 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2013 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2014 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2016 +-----------------------------------------------+
2018 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2019 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2021 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2022 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2023 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2024 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2025 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2026 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2027 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2028 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2029 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2030 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2033 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2034 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2035 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2036 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2037 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2038 value as two 16-bit values.
2040 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2044 +--------+----------------------+
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2051 +----------+------+-------------+
2055 +----------+--------------------+
2056 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2057 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2059 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2060 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2061 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2062 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2063 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2065 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2066 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2067 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2070 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2071 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2072 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2073 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2074 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2076 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2078 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2079 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2080 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2081 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2084 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2087 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2088 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2089 little-endian system. */
2091 static inline bfd_boolean
2092 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2097 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2098 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2099 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2102 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2103 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2104 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2105 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2116 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2118 static inline bfd_boolean
2119 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2121 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2124 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2125 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2126 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2128 static inline bfd_boolean
2129 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2131 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2132 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2133 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2136 static inline bfd_boolean
2137 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2139 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2140 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2141 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2144 static inline bfd_boolean
2145 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2147 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2148 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2149 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2152 static inline bfd_boolean
2153 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2155 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2158 static inline bfd_boolean
2159 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2161 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2164 static inline bfd_boolean
2165 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2167 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2170 static inline bfd_boolean
2171 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2173 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2176 static inline bfd_boolean
2177 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2179 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2182 static inline bfd_boolean
2183 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2185 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2188 static inline bfd_boolean
2189 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2191 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2194 static inline bfd_boolean
2195 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2197 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2198 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2199 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2200 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2203 static inline bfd_boolean
2204 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2206 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2207 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2208 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2209 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2212 static inline bfd_boolean
2213 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2215 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2218 static inline bfd_boolean
2219 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2221 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2222 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2223 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2226 static inline bfd_boolean
2227 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2229 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2230 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2233 static inline bfd_boolean
2234 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2236 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2237 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2245 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2246 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2247 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2250 static inline bfd_boolean
2251 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2253 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2254 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2255 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2258 static inline bfd_boolean
2259 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2261 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2262 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2263 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2267 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2268 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2270 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2272 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2275 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2276 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2277 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2278 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2279 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2280 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2281 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2282 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2284 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2285 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2286 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2290 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2291 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2293 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2295 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2298 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2299 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2301 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2304 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2306 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2307 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2311 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2312 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2313 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2315 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2316 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2319 bfd_reloc_status_type
2320 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2321 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2322 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2326 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2328 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2331 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2333 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2334 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2336 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2337 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2339 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2340 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2342 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2344 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2345 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2346 an external symbol. */
2348 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2349 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2351 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2353 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2355 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2356 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2360 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2363 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2365 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2368 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2369 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2370 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2375 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2377 asection
*input_section
;
2381 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2383 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2385 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2386 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2387 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2389 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2390 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2391 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2392 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2394 bfd_reloc_status_type
2395 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2396 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2397 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2398 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2400 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2402 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2403 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2405 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2407 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2409 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2411 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2412 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2415 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2416 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2418 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2421 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2422 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2423 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2425 bfd_reloc_status_type
2426 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2427 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2428 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2430 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2431 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2432 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2433 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2434 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2435 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2438 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2439 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2442 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2443 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2444 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2446 bfd_reloc_status_type
2447 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2448 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2449 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2452 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2454 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2455 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2457 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2459 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2460 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2463 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2465 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2466 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2468 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2470 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2471 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2472 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2473 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2474 has a rightshift of 0. */
2475 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2476 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2477 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2478 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2479 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2480 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2482 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2483 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2484 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2486 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2487 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2489 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2492 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2496 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2497 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2501 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2502 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2503 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2505 bfd_reloc_status_type
2506 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2507 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2508 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2509 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2512 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2513 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2515 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2517 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2518 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2520 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2522 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2524 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2525 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2526 offset or address. */
2527 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2528 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2533 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2534 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2535 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2536 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2538 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2539 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2540 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2544 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2545 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2546 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2547 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2548 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2549 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2552 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2554 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2555 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2557 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2558 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2560 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2562 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2565 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2570 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2572 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2575 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2576 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2579 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2582 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2583 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2587 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2588 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2590 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2591 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2595 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2596 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2598 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2601 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2602 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2607 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2608 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2612 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2613 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2614 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2615 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2616 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2621 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2622 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2623 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2626 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2629 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2630 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2631 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2632 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2633 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2634 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2638 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2639 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2641 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2642 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2646 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2649 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2650 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2651 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2652 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2653 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2656 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2657 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2659 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2660 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2661 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2662 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2665 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2669 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2670 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2678 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2681 /* Swap in an options header. */
2684 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2685 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2687 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2688 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2689 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2690 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2693 /* Swap out an options header. */
2696 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2697 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2699 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2700 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2701 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2705 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2708 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2709 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2710 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2712 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2713 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2714 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2715 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2716 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2717 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2718 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2719 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2720 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2721 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2722 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2725 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2728 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2729 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2730 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2732 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2734 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2735 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2736 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2737 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2738 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2739 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2740 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2741 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2742 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2745 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2746 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2749 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2751 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2752 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2755 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2756 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2758 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2762 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2764 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2769 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2772 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2773 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2776 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2777 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2779 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2780 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2781 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2782 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2784 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2786 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2789 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2791 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2800 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2801 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2802 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2803 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2804 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2805 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2806 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2807 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2808 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2809 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2810 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2811 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2812 when generating a final executable. */
2815 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2817 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2819 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2821 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2823 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2824 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2825 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2826 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2827 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2829 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2830 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2831 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2832 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2833 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2841 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2844 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2845 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2846 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2847 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2848 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2849 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2851 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2852 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2856 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2858 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2859 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2860 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2862 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2863 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2864 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2866 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2868 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2869 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2870 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2871 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2873 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2875 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2877 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2880 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2882 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2883 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2884 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2889 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2890 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2892 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2893 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2894 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2898 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2900 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2901 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2902 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2904 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2905 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2906 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2907 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2908 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2909 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2910 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2911 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2912 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2913 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2914 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2915 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2916 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2918 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2922 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2923 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2926 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2927 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2928 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2929 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2931 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2933 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2934 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2936 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2937 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2938 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2939 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2940 + sec
->output_offset
2941 + output_section
->vma
);
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2947 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2949 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2950 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2952 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2954 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2955 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2956 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2958 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2960 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2963 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2964 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2965 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2966 + sec
->output_offset
2967 + output_section
->vma
);
2969 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2974 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2975 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2978 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2985 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2988 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2990 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2991 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2993 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2996 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2998 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3001 static INLINE hashval_t
3002 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3005 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3012 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3014 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3016 return (entry
->symndx
3017 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3018 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3019 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3020 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3021 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3022 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3026 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3028 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3029 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3031 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3032 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3033 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3034 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3035 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3036 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3037 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3041 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3043 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3045 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3046 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3047 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3048 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3049 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3053 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3055 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3057 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3058 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3059 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3060 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3061 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3062 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3063 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3067 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3069 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3071 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3072 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3076 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3078 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3080 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3081 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3082 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3085 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3087 static struct mips_got_info
*
3088 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3090 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3092 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3096 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3097 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3098 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3101 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3102 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3103 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3109 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3110 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3112 static struct mips_got_info
*
3113 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3115 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3117 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3120 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3121 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3122 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3126 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3129 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3131 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3133 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3134 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3137 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3138 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3139 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3140 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3141 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3142 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3147 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3148 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3149 if creation fails. */
3152 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3158 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3159 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3160 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3161 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3163 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3168 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3171 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3172 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3178 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3181 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3183 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3186 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3189 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3192 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3195 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3198 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3215 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3216 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3220 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3221 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3224 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3225 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3227 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
3228 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3231 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3233 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3234 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3243 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3249 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
3256 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3260 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3261 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3262 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3264 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3266 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3267 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3269 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3271 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3272 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3274 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3277 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3280 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3282 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3287 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3289 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3291 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3292 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3294 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3296 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3297 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3299 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3302 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3303 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3305 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3308 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3311 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3312 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3316 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3318 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3319 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3320 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3322 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3331 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3333 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3334 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3335 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3338 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3341 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3343 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3344 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3347 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3348 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3349 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3350 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3351 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3353 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3354 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3355 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3357 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3360 /* General Dynamic. */
3361 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3365 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3366 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3367 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3368 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3371 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3372 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3373 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3374 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3376 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3377 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3381 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3382 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3383 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3384 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3389 /* Initial Exec model. */
3393 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3394 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3396 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3397 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3399 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3400 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3401 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3402 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3406 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3410 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3411 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3413 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3414 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3417 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3418 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3420 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3421 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3422 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3423 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3430 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3433 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3434 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3435 will be negative. */
3438 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3439 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3441 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3442 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3444 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3445 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3447 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3448 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3450 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3451 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3452 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3453 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3454 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3456 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3457 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3458 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3459 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3461 return got_address
- got_value
;
3464 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3465 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3466 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3467 offset can be found. */
3470 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3471 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3472 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3474 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3475 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3477 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3478 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3480 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3481 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3485 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3486 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3487 return entry
->gotidx
;
3490 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3493 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3494 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3496 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3497 long global_got_dynindx
;
3498 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3501 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3502 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3504 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3505 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3506 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3508 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3509 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3510 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3512 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3513 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3514 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3515 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3516 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3521 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3522 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3525 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3526 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3529 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3530 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3533 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3534 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3536 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3539 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3540 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3541 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3545 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3546 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3549 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3550 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3552 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3554 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3556 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3557 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3558 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3559 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3560 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3561 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3563 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3568 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3569 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3570 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3571 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3572 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3575 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3576 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3578 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3579 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3581 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3582 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3583 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3588 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3591 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3596 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3597 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3598 symbol that binds locally. */
3601 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3602 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3604 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3606 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3607 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3608 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3609 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3611 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3613 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3614 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3615 same in all cases. */
3616 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3617 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3619 return entry
->gotidx
;
3624 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3628 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3629 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3635 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3636 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3639 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3640 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3642 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3645 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3646 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3647 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3650 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3651 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3652 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3653 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3657 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3659 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3663 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3664 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3666 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3669 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3670 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3673 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3675 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3677 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3678 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3681 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3684 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3688 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3689 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3697 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3700 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3701 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3708 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3709 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3713 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3717 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3719 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3720 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3721 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3726 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3730 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3731 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3732 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3733 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3734 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3736 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3741 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3743 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3744 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3746 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3749 bfd_vma got_address
;
3751 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3752 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3753 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3756 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3757 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3758 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3759 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3760 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3766 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3767 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3768 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3769 the current linking stage. */
3771 static bfd_size_type
3772 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3774 bfd_size_type count
;
3777 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3780 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3782 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3783 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3784 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3785 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3786 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3792 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3793 appear towards the end. */
3796 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3798 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3799 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3800 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3802 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3805 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3806 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3813 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3814 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3815 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3816 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3817 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3818 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3819 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3822 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3823 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3824 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3825 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3826 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3827 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3828 == g
->global_gotno
);
3830 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3831 table index in the GOT. */
3832 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3837 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3838 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3842 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3844 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3846 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3848 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3851 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3854 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3858 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3859 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3862 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3863 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3864 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3865 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3872 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3873 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3874 hash table directly). */
3877 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3878 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3880 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3881 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3882 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3883 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3885 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3886 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3888 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3892 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3893 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3896 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3900 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3901 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3906 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3907 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3911 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3920 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3921 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3922 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3925 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3926 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3927 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3931 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3932 unsigned char tls_type
;
3934 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3935 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3937 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3939 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3941 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3943 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3945 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3949 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3952 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3956 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3957 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3958 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3962 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3963 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3964 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3967 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3968 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3971 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3972 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3975 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3976 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3978 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3979 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3982 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3985 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3986 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3987 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3988 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3991 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3992 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3996 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3997 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3998 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4001 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4002 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4003 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4005 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4006 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4008 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4009 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4014 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4018 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4019 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4021 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4022 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4026 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4029 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4037 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4038 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4042 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4052 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4055 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4061 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4062 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4064 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4065 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4067 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4068 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4073 /* Make room for a null element. */
4074 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4077 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4081 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4082 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4083 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4084 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4087 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4089 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4090 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4092 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4093 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4094 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4096 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4099 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4106 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4110 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4111 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4112 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4113 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4116 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4118 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4119 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4122 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4123 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4124 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4125 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4126 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4127 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4136 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4137 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4139 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4140 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4143 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4151 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4153 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4162 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4167 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4170 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4172 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4175 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4178 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4179 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4181 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4182 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4183 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4184 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4187 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4189 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4193 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4194 seen the section. */
4195 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4198 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4206 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4208 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4209 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4210 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4212 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4213 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4214 a new singleton range. */
4216 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4218 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4222 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4223 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4224 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4232 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4233 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4235 /* Update the ranges. */
4236 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4237 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4238 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4240 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4242 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4243 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4244 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4247 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4250 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4251 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4252 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4254 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4255 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4261 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4262 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4263 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4264 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4267 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4269 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4270 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4271 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4275 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4276 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4277 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4279 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4283 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4285 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4288 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4290 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4291 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4292 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4295 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4296 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4300 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4302 /* Read in the symbol. */
4303 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4311 /* Get the associated input section. */
4312 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4319 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4320 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4321 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4322 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4323 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4327 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4328 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4329 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4330 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4332 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4333 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4336 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4338 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4346 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4347 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4348 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4349 that they require. */
4352 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4353 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4355 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4356 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4363 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4367 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4368 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4369 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4370 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4373 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4377 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4380 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4381 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4382 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4387 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4392 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4396 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4397 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4399 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4400 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4401 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4402 symbols later if appropriate. */
4403 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4406 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4407 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4408 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4409 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4410 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4413 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4414 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4415 the local rather than global GOT. */
4416 if (info
->executable
&& h
->has_static_relocs
)
4422 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4423 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4424 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4425 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4426 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4429 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4432 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4433 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4435 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4436 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4438 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4440 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4441 local or global GOT. */
4442 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4443 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4444 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4445 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4446 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4447 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4448 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4449 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4450 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4451 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4452 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4453 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4454 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4456 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4463 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4464 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4467 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4469 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4470 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4473 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4474 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4475 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4484 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4489 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4490 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4493 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4495 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4496 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4499 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4500 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4501 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4510 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4515 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4516 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4517 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4518 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4522 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4523 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4524 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4526 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4527 unsigned int estimate
;
4529 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4530 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4531 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4532 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4534 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4536 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4537 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4539 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4540 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4541 conservatively as well. */
4542 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4543 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4545 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4547 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4548 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4551 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4552 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4554 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4558 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4562 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4566 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4567 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4568 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4569 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4570 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4571 and then make make the new got current. */
4574 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4575 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4577 unsigned int estimate
;
4580 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4583 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4584 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4585 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4586 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4587 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4589 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4590 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4591 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4592 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4593 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4595 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4597 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4598 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4605 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4606 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4611 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4614 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4619 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4620 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4621 overflows anyway. */
4622 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4628 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4629 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4630 an index in a different GOT. */
4633 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4635 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4637 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4638 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4640 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4642 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4646 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4647 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4650 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4654 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4655 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4656 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4659 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4661 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4662 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4664 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4665 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4666 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4669 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4670 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4676 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4677 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4681 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4682 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4683 symbol to DATA->value. */
4686 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4688 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4689 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4691 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4692 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4693 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4694 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4695 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4696 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4700 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4701 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4702 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4703 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4706 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4708 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4709 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4711 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4712 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4713 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4714 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4715 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4717 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4722 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4724 if (arg
->info
->shared
4725 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4726 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4727 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4728 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4734 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4735 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4736 lazy-binding stubs. */
4739 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4741 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4743 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4745 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4746 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4747 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4748 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4750 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4751 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4752 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4754 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4755 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4761 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4764 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4769 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4773 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4777 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4778 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4781 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4782 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4785 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4786 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4788 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4789 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4790 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4791 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4792 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4795 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4796 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4797 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4801 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4802 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4803 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4804 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4805 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4806 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4807 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4808 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4809 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4810 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4812 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4814 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4815 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4816 to be the primary GOT. */
4817 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4819 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4820 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4824 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4825 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4826 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4828 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4829 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4831 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4835 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4836 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4837 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4838 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4840 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4842 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4843 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4844 those that are actually referenced. */
4845 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4846 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4849 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4850 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4851 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4852 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4854 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4855 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4856 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4857 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4858 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4859 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4860 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4861 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4862 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4863 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4864 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4865 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4866 points back to the master GOT. */
4867 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4868 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4875 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4877 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4878 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4879 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4880 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4881 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4882 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4884 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4885 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4886 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4891 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4892 all non-TLS entries. */
4893 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4895 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4896 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4899 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4901 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4904 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4905 lazy-binding stubs. */
4907 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4911 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4914 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4916 unsigned int save_assign
;
4918 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4919 relocations they need. */
4920 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4921 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4923 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4925 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4928 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4929 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4933 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4934 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4935 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4936 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4937 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4939 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4941 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4944 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4951 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4952 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4954 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4955 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4956 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4957 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4959 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4961 while (relocation
< relend
)
4963 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4964 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4970 /* We didn't find it. */
4974 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4977 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4978 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4979 asection
**local_sections
)
4981 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4982 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4985 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4986 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4987 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4989 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4991 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4997 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5000 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5002 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5003 /* VALUE is negative. */
5004 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5009 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5010 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5014 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5016 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5018 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5019 /* The value is too big. */
5021 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5022 /* The value is too small. */
5029 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5032 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5034 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5037 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5040 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5043 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5050 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5053 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5056 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5063 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5066 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5067 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5070 register asection
*s
;
5072 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5074 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5077 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5079 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5080 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5083 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5089 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5092 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5095 register asection
*s
;
5096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5097 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5098 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5100 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5101 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5103 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5107 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5108 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5110 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5111 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5112 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5114 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5118 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5119 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5120 are not creating a global offset table. */
5122 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5123 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5124 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5127 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5130 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5131 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5132 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5135 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5138 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5139 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5140 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5142 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5143 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5144 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5147 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5155 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5156 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5157 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5160 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5162 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5164 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5165 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5168 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5169 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5170 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5174 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5175 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5177 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5178 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5179 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5180 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5181 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5182 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5189 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5190 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5191 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5192 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5193 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5194 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5195 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5199 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5206 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5207 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5208 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5210 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5211 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5212 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5214 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5215 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5216 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5217 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5219 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5220 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5221 asection
*input_section
,
5222 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5223 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5224 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5225 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5226 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5228 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5229 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5231 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5233 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5236 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5237 shared object file being produced. */
5239 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5242 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5244 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5245 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5246 during execution. */
5247 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5248 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5250 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5252 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5254 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5255 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5256 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5257 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5258 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5259 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5260 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5262 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5264 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5265 relocation value. */
5266 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5267 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5268 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5269 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5270 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5273 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5274 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5275 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5277 /* Parse the relocation. */
5278 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5279 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5280 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5281 + input_section
->output_offset
5282 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5284 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5285 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5287 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5288 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5289 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5290 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5292 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5293 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5294 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5297 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5298 must come before globals. */
5302 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5305 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5307 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5308 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5310 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5311 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5312 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5313 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5314 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5315 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5317 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5319 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5322 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5323 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5326 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5327 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5328 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5331 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5333 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5334 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5338 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5340 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5341 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5342 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5343 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5344 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5345 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5346 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5348 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5349 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5351 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5352 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5353 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5354 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5356 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5357 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5358 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5359 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5363 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5364 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5365 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5366 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5369 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5370 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5371 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5373 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5374 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5375 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5377 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5378 if (sec
->output_section
)
5379 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5380 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5381 + sec
->output_offset
);
5383 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5385 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5386 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5387 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5388 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5391 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5392 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5394 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5395 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5397 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5398 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5399 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5400 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5401 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5403 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5404 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5407 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5409 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5410 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5411 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5412 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5413 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5414 which is available from here:
5415 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5418 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5419 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5420 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5421 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5422 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5424 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5428 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5431 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5432 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5435 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5436 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5438 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5440 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5441 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5443 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5444 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5445 && !info
->relocatable
5447 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5448 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5450 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5451 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5452 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5454 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5455 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5459 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5464 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5467 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5468 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5469 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5470 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5479 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5480 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5481 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5483 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5484 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5485 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5486 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5487 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5488 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5490 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5491 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5492 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5495 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5498 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5499 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5501 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5506 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5508 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5510 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5517 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5520 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5523 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5524 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5526 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5528 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5529 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5530 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5531 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5532 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5533 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5534 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5535 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5536 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5537 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5539 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5540 && !info
->relocatable
5543 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5544 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5546 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5549 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5550 + sec
->output_offset
5551 + htab
->plt_header_size
5552 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5553 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5556 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5557 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5560 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5561 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5562 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5564 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5565 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5566 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5569 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5570 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5571 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5572 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5573 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5575 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5576 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5577 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5578 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5579 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5580 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5581 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5582 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5584 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5586 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5587 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5589 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5594 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5595 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5596 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5597 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5599 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5600 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5604 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5605 to need it, get it now. */
5608 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5609 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5612 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5613 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5614 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5615 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5616 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5617 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5619 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5621 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5622 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5625 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5626 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5627 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5628 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5629 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5630 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5631 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5632 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5633 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5634 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5636 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5637 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5639 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5643 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5644 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5645 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5646 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5647 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5648 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5650 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5651 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5652 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5656 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5657 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5659 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5660 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5661 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5662 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5665 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5666 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5667 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5671 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5672 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5674 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5677 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5678 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5682 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5683 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5684 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5686 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5690 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5691 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5693 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5694 + input_section
->output_offset
5695 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5696 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5697 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5698 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5700 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5701 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5703 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5704 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5707 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5710 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5714 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5717 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5718 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5725 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5727 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5728 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5729 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5730 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5732 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5733 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5734 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5736 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5737 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5738 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5739 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5740 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5741 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5743 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5751 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5755 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5756 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5760 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5764 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5765 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5769 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5770 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5771 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5772 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5773 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5775 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5779 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5780 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5781 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5782 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5784 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5785 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5788 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5790 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5791 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5792 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5793 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5794 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5798 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5799 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5800 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5801 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5805 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5806 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5807 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5808 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5809 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5810 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5813 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5814 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5815 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5816 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5820 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5821 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5822 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5823 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5824 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5825 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5830 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5833 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5834 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5838 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5839 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5840 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5844 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5845 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5846 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5847 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5848 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5849 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5850 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5851 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5852 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5853 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5854 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5856 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5857 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5863 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5864 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5866 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5869 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5870 for this conditional. */
5871 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5872 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5873 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5874 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5875 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5877 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5878 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5879 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5880 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5881 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5884 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5885 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5888 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5889 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5890 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5891 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5892 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5893 not check for overflow here. */
5897 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5898 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5899 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5900 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5901 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5906 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5907 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5908 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5909 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5910 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5911 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5912 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5913 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5914 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5915 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5916 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5917 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5918 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5919 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5920 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5921 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5922 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5923 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5927 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5930 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5931 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5934 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5935 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5936 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5937 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5938 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5940 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5941 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5942 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5943 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5945 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5946 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5953 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5954 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5955 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5956 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5957 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5958 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5959 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5960 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5961 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5962 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5964 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5967 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5968 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5970 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5974 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5975 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5976 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5977 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5978 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5981 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5982 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5983 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
5985 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5986 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5988 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5989 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
5990 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5991 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5994 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5995 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5996 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
5998 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5999 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6001 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6002 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6003 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6004 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6007 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6008 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6009 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6011 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6012 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6014 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6015 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6016 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6017 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6020 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6021 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6022 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6024 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6025 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6027 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6028 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6029 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6030 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6034 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6035 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6036 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6040 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6041 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6042 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6043 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6046 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6047 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8) - p
;
6048 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6049 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6050 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6053 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6054 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11) - p
;
6055 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6056 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6057 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6060 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6061 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17) - p
;
6062 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6063 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6064 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6067 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6068 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25) - ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6069 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6070 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6071 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6074 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6075 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6076 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6077 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6078 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6079 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6080 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6082 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6083 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6086 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6087 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6088 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6089 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6090 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6093 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6094 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6095 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6096 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6097 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6098 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6099 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6102 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6103 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6105 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6108 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6112 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6113 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6114 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6118 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6119 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6120 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6123 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6124 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6125 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6126 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6129 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6130 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6131 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6132 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6136 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6137 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6138 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6139 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6140 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6141 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6142 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6146 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6147 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6148 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6149 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6152 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6153 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6156 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6158 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6161 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6164 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6165 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6166 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6169 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6171 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6172 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
6177 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6178 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6179 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6181 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6182 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6184 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6187 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6188 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6189 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6190 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6191 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6192 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6196 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6198 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6199 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6201 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6203 /* Obtain the current value. */
6204 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6206 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6207 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6209 /* Set the field. */
6210 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6212 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6213 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6216 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6217 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6219 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6220 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6222 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6225 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6227 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6232 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6236 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6237 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6240 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6241 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6244 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
6245 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6249 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6250 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6253 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6255 if (!info
->relocatable
6256 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6257 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6258 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6259 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6260 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6261 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6262 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6263 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6264 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6265 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6271 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6272 + input_section
->output_offset
6273 + relocation
->r_offset
6275 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6276 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6280 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6282 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6283 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6285 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6289 /* Put the value into the output. */
6290 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6292 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6298 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6299 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6300 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6301 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6304 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6305 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6306 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6307 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6308 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6309 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6311 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6316 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6317 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6319 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6320 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6322 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6323 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6324 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6325 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6326 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6327 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6330 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6331 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6332 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6334 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6335 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6336 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6337 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6340 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6341 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6344 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6346 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6347 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6348 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6353 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6354 in the relocation. */
6355 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6357 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6358 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6359 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6360 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6362 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6363 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6364 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6365 undefined symbols. */
6370 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6372 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6374 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6379 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6382 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6383 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6389 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6390 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6391 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6392 local symbols because we used to generate them
6393 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6394 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6395 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6396 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6397 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6398 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6400 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6401 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6402 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6403 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6404 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6409 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6410 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6411 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6412 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6413 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6416 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6417 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6418 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6420 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6421 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6422 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6425 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6426 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6427 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6428 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6429 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6430 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6431 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6432 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6433 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6434 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6435 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6436 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6437 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6438 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6441 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6443 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6444 correct location in the output file. */
6445 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6446 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6447 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6448 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6449 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6450 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6452 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6453 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6454 relocation format is non-standard. */
6455 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6457 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6458 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6460 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6462 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6464 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6465 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6466 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6467 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6469 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6472 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6473 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6474 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6476 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6477 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6479 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6480 will be writing to it. */
6481 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6484 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6485 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6487 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6492 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6494 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6495 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6496 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6497 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6498 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6499 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6501 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6502 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6503 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6505 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6506 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6507 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6508 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6509 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6510 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6511 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6515 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6516 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6518 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6519 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6524 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6527 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6529 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6531 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6532 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6534 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6535 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6537 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6538 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6540 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6541 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6543 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6544 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6546 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6547 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6549 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6550 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6552 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6553 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6555 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6556 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6558 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6559 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6561 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6562 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6564 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6565 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6567 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6568 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6570 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6571 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6573 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6574 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6576 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6577 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6579 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6580 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6583 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6587 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6590 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6593 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6596 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6599 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6601 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6602 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6604 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6605 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6607 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6608 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6610 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6611 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6613 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6614 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6616 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6617 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6624 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6626 static INLINE
char *
6627 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6631 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6632 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6635 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6637 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6641 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6643 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6645 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6647 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6650 return "unknown abi";
6654 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6655 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6656 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6657 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6658 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6659 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6660 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6661 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6663 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6664 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6665 definition in a shared library. */
6666 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6667 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6668 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6670 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6673 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6675 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6677 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6678 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6679 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6681 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6682 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6683 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6684 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6685 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6686 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6687 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6689 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6690 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6691 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6692 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6693 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6694 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6695 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6696 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6697 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6698 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6700 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6704 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6705 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6706 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6707 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6708 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6711 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6712 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6714 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6715 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6716 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6717 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6718 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6719 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6720 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6721 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6722 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6723 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6725 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6726 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6729 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6730 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6735 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6737 if (section
!= NULL
)
6739 asym
->section
= section
;
6740 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6741 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6742 base address to make it an offset. */
6743 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6750 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6752 if (section
!= NULL
)
6754 asym
->section
= section
;
6755 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6756 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6757 base address to make it an offset. */
6758 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6764 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6765 or microMIPS one. */
6766 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6767 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6770 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6771 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6772 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6774 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6775 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6779 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6780 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6782 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6783 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6784 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6785 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6786 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6788 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6789 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6790 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6791 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6793 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6794 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6795 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6796 We therefore take the following approach:
6798 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6799 determine the pointer size.
6801 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6802 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6806 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6807 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6808 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6809 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6810 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6812 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6813 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6817 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6819 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6821 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6823 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6825 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6826 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6827 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6834 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6835 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6836 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6845 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6846 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6847 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6849 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6850 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6853 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6854 will jump there rather than to .text.
6856 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6857 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6860 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6862 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6865 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6866 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6867 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6871 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6873 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6874 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6878 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6879 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6882 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6885 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6886 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6890 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6891 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6892 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6893 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6895 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6897 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6898 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6899 so that we don't have to read them again.
6900 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6901 through the section contents to see if there is an
6902 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6904 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6906 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6907 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6909 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6911 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6913 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6915 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6916 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6917 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6920 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6927 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6928 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6931 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6932 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6935 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6942 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6943 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6946 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6947 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6954 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6956 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6958 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6959 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6960 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6961 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6962 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6963 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6964 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6965 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6966 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6967 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6969 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6970 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6972 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6974 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6975 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6977 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6980 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6982 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6984 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6986 unsigned int adjust
;
6988 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6990 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6998 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6999 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7000 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7002 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7006 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7013 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7014 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7015 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7016 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7017 probably get away with this. */
7018 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7020 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7021 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7025 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7028 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7029 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7032 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7033 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7036 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7037 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7040 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7041 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7043 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7045 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7046 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7047 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7049 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7051 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7052 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7055 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7056 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7059 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7060 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7063 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7064 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7066 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7068 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7069 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7070 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7073 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7074 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7077 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7078 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7079 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7086 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7091 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7092 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7098 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7100 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7102 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7103 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7105 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7106 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7107 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7109 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7112 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7114 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7115 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7116 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7117 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7118 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7120 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7123 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7124 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7126 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7127 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7130 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7131 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7132 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7133 they should agree. */
7134 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7136 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7138 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7139 if (contents
== NULL
)
7141 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7148 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7149 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7151 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7153 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7155 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7157 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7158 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7159 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7162 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7164 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7166 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7168 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7169 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7171 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7173 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7175 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7177 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7179 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7180 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7182 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7192 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7193 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7194 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7197 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7199 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7201 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7203 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7204 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7205 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7207 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7208 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7209 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7211 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7212 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7213 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7215 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7216 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7217 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7219 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7220 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7221 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7222 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7223 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7225 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7227 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7229 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7230 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7231 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7232 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7234 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7235 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7237 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7240 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7242 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7243 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7244 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7245 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7247 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7248 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7250 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7251 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7254 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7255 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7256 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7257 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7258 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7259 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7260 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7261 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7263 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7264 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7266 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7268 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7269 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7270 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7272 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7274 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7275 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7276 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7278 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7280 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7281 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7283 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7284 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7286 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7288 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7289 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7290 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7291 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7292 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7294 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7296 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7297 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7298 final_write_processing. */
7300 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7301 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7303 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7304 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7305 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7307 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7309 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7310 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7311 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7314 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7315 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7316 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7317 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7318 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7323 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7324 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7325 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7326 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7327 the .scommon section. */
7330 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7331 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7333 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7335 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7338 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7340 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7346 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7347 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7350 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7351 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7352 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7353 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7355 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7356 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7357 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7359 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7364 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7365 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7366 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7367 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7368 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7369 is not done for them. */
7371 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7372 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7378 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7381 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7382 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7383 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7384 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7385 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7388 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7389 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7390 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7391 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7395 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7396 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7398 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7399 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7400 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7402 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7403 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7406 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7407 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7408 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7411 /* Initialize the section. */
7413 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7414 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7416 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7417 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7419 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7420 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7421 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7422 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7423 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7424 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7425 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7427 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7428 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7429 so I took it out. */
7430 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7433 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7434 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7436 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7437 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7439 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7440 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7441 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7443 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7444 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7447 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7448 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7449 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7452 /* Initialize the section. */
7454 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7455 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7457 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7458 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7460 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7461 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7462 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7463 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7464 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7465 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7466 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7468 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7469 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7470 so I took it out. */
7471 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7474 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7475 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7479 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7481 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7482 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7485 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7487 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7489 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7490 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7491 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7494 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7497 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7499 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7502 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7503 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7506 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7507 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7508 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7509 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7515 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7516 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7517 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7520 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7521 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7522 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7523 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7525 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7526 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7527 common in the output file. */
7528 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7529 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7530 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7532 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7533 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7538 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7540 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7543 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7545 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7546 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7548 register asection
*s
;
7549 const char * const *namep
;
7550 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7552 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7553 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7555 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7556 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7558 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7560 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7562 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7565 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7570 /* We need to create .got section. */
7571 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7574 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7577 /* Create .stub section. */
7578 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7579 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7582 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7583 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7587 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7589 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7591 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7592 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7594 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7595 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7599 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7600 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7601 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7602 the linker takes such action. */
7603 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7605 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7608 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7609 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7610 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7613 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7616 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7618 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7622 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7623 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7625 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7629 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7630 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7632 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7634 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7636 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7638 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7640 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7643 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7645 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7647 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7649 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7656 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7658 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7659 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7660 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7663 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7666 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7668 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7671 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7673 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7674 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7675 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7676 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7677 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7678 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7680 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7682 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7683 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7684 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7687 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7690 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7692 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7694 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7698 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7699 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7700 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7703 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7704 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7705 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7706 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7708 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7709 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7712 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7714 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7719 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7720 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7721 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7727 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7728 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7729 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7732 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7733 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7734 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7736 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7737 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7739 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7740 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7741 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7742 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7744 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7745 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7746 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7749 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7750 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7751 of the section that REL is against. */
7754 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7755 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7758 unsigned int r_type
;
7761 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7762 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7764 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7765 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7766 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7767 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7769 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7772 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7773 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7774 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7775 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7776 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7779 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7780 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7781 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7782 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7784 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7785 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7786 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7789 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7790 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7791 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7792 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7793 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7794 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7795 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7797 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7799 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7800 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7801 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7804 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7806 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7807 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7808 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7809 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7810 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7811 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7813 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7814 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7815 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7816 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7817 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7820 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7821 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7822 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7824 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7825 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7832 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7833 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7834 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7837 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7842 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7843 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7845 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7849 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7852 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7854 static struct plt_entry
*
7855 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
7857 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
7859 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
7863 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7864 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7865 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7866 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
7870 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7871 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7872 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7875 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7876 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7880 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7881 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7883 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7884 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7886 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7887 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7890 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7892 if (info
->relocatable
)
7895 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7896 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7898 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7899 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7900 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7901 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7903 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7904 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7906 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7908 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7909 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7911 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7913 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7916 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7919 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7920 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7921 " stub section `%s'"),
7923 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7927 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7928 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7932 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7933 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7934 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7935 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7937 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7938 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7940 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7941 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7942 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7943 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7947 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7949 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7952 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7953 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7954 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7955 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7958 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7967 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7968 not need it. Since this function is called before
7969 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7970 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7972 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7976 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7978 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7980 unsigned long symcount
;
7984 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7985 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7987 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7988 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7989 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7992 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7995 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7996 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7998 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7999 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8000 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8001 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8005 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8007 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8008 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8010 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8011 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8012 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8014 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8016 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8017 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8018 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8019 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8020 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8021 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8023 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8027 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8029 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8032 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8034 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8035 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8038 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8041 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8044 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8045 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8046 " stub section `%s'"),
8048 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8052 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8053 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8057 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8058 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8059 that refers to this symbol. */
8060 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8062 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8063 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8065 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8066 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8067 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8068 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8072 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8074 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8077 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8078 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8079 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8080 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8083 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8092 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8093 not need it. Since this function is called before
8094 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8095 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8097 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8101 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8103 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8105 unsigned long symcount
;
8109 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8110 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8112 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8113 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8114 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8117 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8120 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8121 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8123 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8124 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8125 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8126 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8130 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8131 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8133 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8135 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8136 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8138 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8140 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8141 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8142 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8143 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8144 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8147 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8151 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8153 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8159 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8161 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8162 unsigned int r_type
;
8163 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8164 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8165 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8166 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8168 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8169 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8171 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8173 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8175 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8176 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8178 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8183 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8186 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8187 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8188 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8190 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8192 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8196 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8197 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8198 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8200 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8201 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8202 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8204 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8205 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8206 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8207 .debug* should have no effect. */
8208 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8213 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8214 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8215 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8216 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8217 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8218 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8219 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8223 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8224 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8225 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8226 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8227 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8228 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8230 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8231 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8232 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8233 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8234 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8235 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8236 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8237 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8238 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8239 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8240 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8241 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8242 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8243 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8245 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8246 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8248 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8250 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8251 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8252 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8253 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8256 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8261 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8262 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8263 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8264 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8267 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8268 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8269 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8270 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8271 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8272 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8273 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8274 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8275 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8276 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8282 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8283 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8284 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8286 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8287 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8288 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8289 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8290 against a read-only section. */
8293 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8294 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8295 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8296 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8297 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8298 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8300 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8302 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8308 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8309 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8311 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8312 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8313 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8314 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8315 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8316 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8322 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8324 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8325 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8328 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8330 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8331 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8332 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8333 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8334 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8335 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8338 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8339 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8340 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8341 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8345 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8349 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8350 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8351 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8352 relocations against the text segment. */
8353 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8356 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8357 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8358 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8359 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8361 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8362 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8363 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8364 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8365 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8366 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8367 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8368 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8369 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8370 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8375 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8376 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8377 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8382 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8383 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8386 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8387 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8388 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8389 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8394 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8395 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8396 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8397 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8400 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8401 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8402 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8403 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8407 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8408 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8409 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8415 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8416 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8417 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8419 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8420 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8421 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8422 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8423 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8424 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8426 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8427 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8428 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8430 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8432 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8434 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8435 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8437 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8438 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8441 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8444 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8445 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8451 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8452 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8454 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8455 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8456 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8457 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8461 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8462 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8465 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8466 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8467 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8472 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8473 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8474 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8476 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8479 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8480 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8481 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8482 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8484 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8490 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8491 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8492 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8493 for TLS GD relocations. */
8496 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8502 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8512 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8513 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8514 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8515 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8519 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8523 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8525 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8526 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8527 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8528 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8529 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8530 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8531 relocations against the text segment. */
8532 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8536 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8538 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8539 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8540 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8541 it will be left as zero.
8543 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8544 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8546 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8547 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8549 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8550 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8551 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8552 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8553 are relocations against the text segment. */
8554 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8558 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8559 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8560 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8564 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8565 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8566 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8567 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8568 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8569 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8570 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8571 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8572 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8573 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8576 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8577 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8578 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8579 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8583 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8584 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8585 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8586 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8588 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8596 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8597 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8598 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8599 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8600 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8601 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8604 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8605 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8607 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8608 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8609 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8612 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8613 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8615 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8618 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8619 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8620 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8621 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8623 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8624 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8626 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8628 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8629 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8632 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8633 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8634 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8635 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8636 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8644 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8645 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8646 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8647 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8648 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8649 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8650 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8653 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8654 and has a special meaning. */
8655 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8656 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8659 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8660 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8667 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8668 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8669 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8670 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8672 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8673 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8685 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8686 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8689 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8690 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8691 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8692 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8694 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8695 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8696 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8698 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8701 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8704 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8705 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8706 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8709 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8710 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8711 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8712 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8714 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8717 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8718 unsigned int r_type
;
8719 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8721 unsigned long instruction
;
8723 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8724 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8725 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8726 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8727 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8730 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8731 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8732 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8734 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8735 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8736 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8738 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8739 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8740 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8742 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8744 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8745 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8746 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8747 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8748 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8751 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8752 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8753 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8754 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8755 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8757 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8761 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8763 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8764 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8766 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8767 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8768 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8769 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8771 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8775 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8776 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8778 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8779 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8780 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8781 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8784 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8785 symval
= isym
->st_value
8786 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8787 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8790 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8792 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8793 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8795 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8796 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8801 /* Check that it's in range. */
8802 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8805 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8806 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8809 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8811 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8812 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8813 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8814 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8815 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8816 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8820 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8821 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8822 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8825 if (contents
!= NULL
8826 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8828 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8832 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8833 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8839 if (contents
!= NULL
8840 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8845 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8848 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8850 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8852 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8853 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8855 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8856 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8858 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8859 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8861 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8862 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8863 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8866 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8867 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8868 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8871 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8872 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8873 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8874 if (! info
->relocatable
8875 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8876 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8877 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8880 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8882 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8884 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8885 non-default visibility. */
8886 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8889 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8891 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8893 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8900 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8901 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8902 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8903 relocations against it.
8905 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8906 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8908 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8910 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8911 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8912 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8915 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8916 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8917 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8918 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8919 against the text segment. */
8920 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8927 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8928 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8929 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8930 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8934 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8935 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8938 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8939 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8941 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8942 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8944 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8945 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8947 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8948 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8950 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8953 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8955 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8957 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8958 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8959 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8960 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8961 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8963 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8964 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8965 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8967 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8970 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8971 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8972 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8973 executable and the shared library. */
8974 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8976 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8977 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8981 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8982 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8984 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8985 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8986 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8987 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8988 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8989 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8990 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8991 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8992 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8993 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8994 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8995 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8996 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8998 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
8999 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9001 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9002 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9003 for PLT offset calculations. */
9004 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9006 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9007 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9009 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9010 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9011 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9012 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9013 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9014 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9017 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9018 for the same reason as above. */
9019 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9020 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9023 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9025 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9027 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9028 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9030 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9031 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9032 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9033 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9035 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9036 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9037 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9038 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9039 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9040 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9041 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9043 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9044 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9045 else if (!micromips_p
)
9047 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9048 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9049 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9050 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9052 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9054 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9055 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9056 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9057 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9061 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9062 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9063 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9064 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9068 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9069 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9070 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9073 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9074 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9076 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9077 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9078 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9079 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9084 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9086 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9087 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9090 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9091 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9092 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9093 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9094 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9095 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9096 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9099 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9101 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9104 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9106 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9107 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9109 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9111 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9112 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9115 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9116 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9118 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9119 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9120 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
9121 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9123 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9124 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9125 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9126 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9128 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9129 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9130 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9132 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9133 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9134 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9139 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9140 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9141 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9142 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9144 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9145 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9146 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9147 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9151 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9152 in regular objects. */
9156 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9157 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9158 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9161 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9162 some that we can't convert. */
9163 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
9165 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9166 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9167 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9168 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9172 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9173 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9174 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9175 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9176 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9177 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9178 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9179 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9180 same memory location for the variable. */
9182 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9184 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9185 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9187 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9191 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9192 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9193 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9195 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9198 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9199 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9200 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9203 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9204 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9207 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9208 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9210 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9211 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9213 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9214 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9216 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9218 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9219 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9221 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9224 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9226 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9227 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9234 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9237 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9241 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9242 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9243 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9245 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9246 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9248 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9249 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9255 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9258 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9259 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9260 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9261 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9262 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9264 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9265 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9266 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9268 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9269 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9270 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9272 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9275 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9276 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9278 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9280 asection
*subsection
;
9282 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9284 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9286 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9288 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9289 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9293 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9294 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9295 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9296 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9299 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9300 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9301 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9303 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9305 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9306 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9308 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9309 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9311 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9312 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9313 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9315 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9316 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9318 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9320 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9325 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9326 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9327 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9328 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9329 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9330 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9332 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9333 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9336 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9337 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9340 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9341 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9343 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9344 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9345 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9347 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9349 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9355 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9358 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9360 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9361 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9363 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9364 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9366 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9369 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9370 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9371 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9373 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9374 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9375 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9377 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9378 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9380 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9381 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9382 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9383 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9384 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9385 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9386 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9387 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9388 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9389 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9390 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9391 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9392 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9394 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9395 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9396 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9398 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9401 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9402 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9403 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9406 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9408 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9409 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9410 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9414 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9415 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9416 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9418 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9420 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9421 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9422 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9424 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9425 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9426 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9427 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9432 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9433 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9434 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9435 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9436 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9441 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9442 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9445 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9447 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9448 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9449 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9450 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9451 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9452 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9453 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9456 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9457 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9459 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9462 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9464 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9466 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9469 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9470 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9471 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9473 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9474 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9475 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9478 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9485 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9486 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9487 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9488 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9491 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9493 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9494 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9495 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9500 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9501 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9503 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9505 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9506 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9507 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9509 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9510 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9513 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9519 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9520 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9523 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9524 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9526 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9529 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9530 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9531 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9537 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9540 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9541 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9544 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9545 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9546 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9548 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9549 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9550 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9551 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9553 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9555 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9556 if (info
->executable
)
9558 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9559 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9561 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9563 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9566 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9567 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9568 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9569 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9570 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9571 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9573 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9574 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9576 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9577 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9578 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9580 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9581 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9582 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9583 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9584 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9587 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9588 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9589 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9591 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9592 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9593 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9594 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9595 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9596 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9597 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9598 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9599 else if (!micromips_p
)
9600 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9601 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9602 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9604 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9606 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9607 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9608 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9609 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9610 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9611 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9612 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9614 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9616 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9618 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9619 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9620 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9625 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9626 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9632 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9633 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9635 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9637 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9640 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9642 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9643 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9646 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9650 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9651 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9652 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9654 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9657 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9661 const char *outname
;
9664 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9665 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9666 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9667 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9668 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9670 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9672 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9674 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9675 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9676 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9679 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9680 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9681 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9684 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9685 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9686 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9687 will move them around between input sections'
9688 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9689 broken, so don't let it run. */
9690 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9693 else if (! info
->shared
9694 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9695 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9697 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9698 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9699 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9701 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9702 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9703 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9704 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9706 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9707 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9708 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9709 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9710 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9713 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9715 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9716 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9717 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9719 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9725 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9729 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9732 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9733 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9734 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9736 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9741 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9743 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9744 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9745 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9746 the .dynamic section. */
9748 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9749 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9750 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9751 may only look at the first one they see. */
9753 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9756 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9757 used by the debugger. */
9758 if (info
->executable
9759 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9760 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9763 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9764 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9766 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9768 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9771 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9772 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9773 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9774 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9775 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9778 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9781 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9782 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9784 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9785 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9786 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9788 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9791 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9794 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9800 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9802 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9805 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9808 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9812 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9815 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9818 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9821 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9824 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9827 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9830 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9833 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9834 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9837 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9838 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9839 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9840 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9843 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9845 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9848 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9851 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9854 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9857 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9858 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9865 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9866 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9867 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9868 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9871 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9872 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9873 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9875 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9876 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9879 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9881 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9882 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9883 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9884 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9886 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9887 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9890 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9891 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9893 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9894 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9896 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9897 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9900 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9901 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9902 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9906 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9907 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9908 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9909 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9910 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9911 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9912 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9913 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9914 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9915 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9916 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9918 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9919 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9920 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9923 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9924 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9925 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9926 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9927 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9928 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9929 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9932 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9933 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9934 unsigned int r_type
;
9937 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9939 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9940 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9942 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9948 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9949 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9950 howto
, i
, contents
);
9955 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9958 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9959 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9960 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9961 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9962 asection
**local_sections
)
9964 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9965 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9967 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9968 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9970 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9971 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9972 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9976 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9977 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
9978 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9980 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
9981 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9983 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9985 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9986 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9987 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
9989 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
9990 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9992 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9993 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9995 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9996 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9997 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9999 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10004 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10007 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10008 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10009 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10010 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10011 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10012 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10015 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10016 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10017 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10020 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10022 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10023 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10024 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10028 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10030 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10031 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10032 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10033 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10034 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10035 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10036 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10038 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10040 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10041 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10044 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10046 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10047 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10048 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10049 RELA relocation. */
10050 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10053 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10054 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10056 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10057 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10058 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10061 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10062 contents
, &addend
))
10065 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10067 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10068 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10070 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10071 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10072 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10077 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10080 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10081 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10082 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10085 if (info
->relocatable
)
10087 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10088 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10089 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10091 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10093 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10094 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10095 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10096 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10097 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10098 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10099 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10101 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10103 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10104 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10105 source of the addend in the final link. */
10106 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10108 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10109 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10110 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10111 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10112 but for endianness. */
10118 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10120 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10127 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10128 do two separate stores. */
10129 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10131 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10133 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10134 high_bits
= addend
;
10139 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10141 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10142 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10143 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10144 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10148 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10149 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10154 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10158 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10159 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10160 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10162 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10163 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10164 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10165 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10167 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10169 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10170 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10171 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10172 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10173 local_sections
, &value
,
10174 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10175 use_saved_addend_p
))
10177 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10178 /* There's nothing to do. */
10181 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10182 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10183 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10184 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10185 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10188 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10189 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10190 info
->callbacks
->warning
10191 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10194 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10195 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10196 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10197 a given location. */
10201 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10203 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10204 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10205 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10206 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10207 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10208 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10210 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10211 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10213 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10214 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10216 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10217 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10218 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
10226 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10227 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10229 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10230 info
->callbacks
->warning
10231 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10234 if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10236 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10237 info
->callbacks
->warning
10238 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10241 /* Fall through. */
10248 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10249 until we reach the last one. */
10250 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10256 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10257 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10258 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10259 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10260 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10261 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10262 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10263 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10269 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10271 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10278 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10279 do two separate stores. */
10280 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10282 /* Undo what we did above. */
10283 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10284 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10286 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10292 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10294 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10295 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10296 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10297 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10301 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10302 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10303 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10304 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10311 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10312 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10315 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10317 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10318 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10319 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10322 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10324 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10325 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10326 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10327 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10329 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10330 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10334 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10343 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10344 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10346 /* Work out the target address. */
10347 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10348 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10350 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10351 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10353 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10355 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10356 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10357 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10359 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10361 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10362 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10364 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10365 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10370 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10371 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10376 /* This is trampoline. */
10378 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10380 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10381 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10382 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10383 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10384 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10385 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10386 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10390 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10391 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10392 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10393 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10399 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10400 adjust it appropriately now. */
10403 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10404 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10406 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10407 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10408 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10411 "__dso_displacement",
10413 "__program_header_table",
10417 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10425 const char* const *p
;
10428 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10429 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10432 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10434 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10436 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10437 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10439 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10441 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10443 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10449 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10450 dynamic sections here. */
10453 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10454 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10455 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10456 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10460 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10463 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10464 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10466 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10467 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10468 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10469 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10471 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10473 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10474 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10475 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10477 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10479 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10480 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10484 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10486 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10487 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10488 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10489 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10490 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10492 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10493 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10494 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10495 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10497 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10498 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10499 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10500 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10502 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10503 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10505 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10506 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10507 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10508 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10510 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10512 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10513 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10514 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10516 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10517 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10519 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10521 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10523 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10524 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10526 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10527 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10529 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10531 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10532 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10534 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10535 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10536 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10539 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10541 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10542 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10546 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10547 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10552 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10553 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10555 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10557 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10558 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10560 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10562 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10563 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10565 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10566 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10568 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10570 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10571 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10572 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10573 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10574 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10575 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10576 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10578 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10580 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10582 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10583 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10584 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10585 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10586 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10587 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10588 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10589 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10593 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10594 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10595 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10597 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10599 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10600 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10601 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10603 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10604 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10606 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10607 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10608 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10610 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10611 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10612 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10613 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10616 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10617 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10618 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10619 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10620 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10621 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10622 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10626 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10627 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10628 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10629 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10631 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10632 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10633 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10634 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10635 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10636 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10637 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10645 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10647 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10648 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10649 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10650 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10651 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10652 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10653 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10656 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10657 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10658 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10660 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10662 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10664 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10666 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10668 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10669 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10671 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10674 /* Fill the stub. */
10678 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10683 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10684 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10690 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10693 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10695 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10697 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10698 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10704 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10710 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10714 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10715 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10716 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10717 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10718 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10720 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10721 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10722 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10725 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10726 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10733 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10735 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10737 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10739 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10743 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10746 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10747 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10748 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10749 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10751 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10752 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10755 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10759 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10760 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10763 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10764 only for the referenced symbol. */
10765 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10767 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10768 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10769 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10770 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10771 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10772 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10774 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10777 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10778 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10780 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10782 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10783 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10784 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10785 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10786 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10789 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10790 || h
->forced_local
);
10793 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10794 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10796 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10797 the symbols that need them. */
10798 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10803 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10804 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10805 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10808 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10810 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10816 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10819 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10821 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10824 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10827 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10828 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
10830 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10832 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10833 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10835 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10836 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10837 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10838 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10839 appropriate addend. */
10840 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10842 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10843 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10844 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10846 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10847 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10850 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10851 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10852 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10856 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10857 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10862 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10863 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10864 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10865 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10866 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10867 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10868 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10870 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10871 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10874 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10876 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10877 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10878 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10880 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10882 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10883 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10885 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10886 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10888 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10890 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10892 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10893 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10894 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10895 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10897 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10899 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10900 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10901 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10902 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10906 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10912 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10913 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10915 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10916 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10917 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10918 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10919 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10920 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10923 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10924 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10925 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10927 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10928 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10929 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10931 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10932 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10934 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
10936 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10937 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
10943 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10946 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10947 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10948 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10949 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10953 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10954 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10955 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10957 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10958 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10959 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10960 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10962 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10965 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10966 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10967 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10968 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
10969 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10971 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10972 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10974 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10975 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10976 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10977 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10979 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10980 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10981 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
10984 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10985 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10986 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10987 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10989 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10990 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10991 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
10993 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10994 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10995 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10997 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10998 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
10999 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11000 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11002 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11003 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11007 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11008 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11009 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11013 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11015 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11016 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11017 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11019 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11020 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11021 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11022 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11023 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11024 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11025 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11026 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11028 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11029 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11031 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11032 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11033 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11034 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11035 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11037 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11038 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11039 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11040 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11041 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11042 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11044 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11045 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11047 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11048 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11051 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11052 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11053 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11054 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11055 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11057 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11059 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11060 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11063 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11066 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11067 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11069 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11070 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11073 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11077 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11078 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11079 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11081 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11082 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11083 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11084 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11085 + sgot
->output_offset
11087 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11088 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11089 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11092 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11095 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11097 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11099 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11100 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11101 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11102 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11104 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11105 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11106 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11107 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11108 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11111 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11112 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11113 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11118 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11121 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11124 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11125 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11128 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11129 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11131 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11132 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11133 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11134 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11135 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11136 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11137 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11138 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11140 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11142 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11143 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11144 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11145 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11146 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11148 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11149 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11150 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11151 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11153 /* Install the PLT header. */
11154 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11155 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11157 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11158 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11161 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11163 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11164 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11165 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11167 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11168 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11170 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11171 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11173 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11174 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11175 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11176 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11179 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11180 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11181 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11182 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11183 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11185 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11189 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11190 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11191 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11192 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11193 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11194 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11195 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11196 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11200 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11201 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11202 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11203 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11204 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11205 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11206 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11213 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11214 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11217 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11219 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11221 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11222 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11225 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11226 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11228 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11230 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11231 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11232 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11233 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11235 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11236 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11238 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11239 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11241 /* Install the PLT header. */
11242 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11243 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11248 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11250 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11251 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11252 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11253 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11255 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11256 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11258 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11259 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11260 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11261 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11262 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11263 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11265 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11266 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11267 in which symbols were output. */
11268 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11270 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11272 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11273 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11274 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11275 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11277 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11278 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11279 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11280 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11282 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11283 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11284 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11285 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11289 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11292 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11295 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11297 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11298 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11300 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11301 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11303 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11306 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11309 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11310 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11315 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11316 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11318 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11319 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11321 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11323 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11326 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11328 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11331 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11333 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11334 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11336 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11337 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11339 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11340 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11341 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11343 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11347 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11349 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11350 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11352 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11358 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11362 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11363 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11367 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11369 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11374 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11377 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11379 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11382 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11383 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11386 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11387 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11390 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11394 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11398 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11400 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11403 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11405 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11408 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11409 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11410 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11411 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11414 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11415 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11418 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11419 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11420 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11421 referenced within the same object. */
11422 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11425 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11426 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11428 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11431 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11432 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11433 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11435 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11437 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11438 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
11439 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11441 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11444 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11445 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11448 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11451 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11454 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11455 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11458 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11459 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11460 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11464 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11465 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11466 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11467 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11471 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11472 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11474 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11478 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11479 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11480 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11482 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11486 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11487 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11491 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11492 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11493 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11497 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11498 the dynamic tag. */
11499 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11501 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11502 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11507 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11508 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11509 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11510 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11512 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11516 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11517 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11518 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11523 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11524 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11525 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11529 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11534 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11535 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11536 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11539 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11540 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11542 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11544 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11545 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11546 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11547 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11548 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11549 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11550 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11552 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11553 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11554 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11556 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11560 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11561 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11562 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11563 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11564 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11565 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11568 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11569 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11572 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11573 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11575 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11576 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11578 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11579 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11581 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11583 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11584 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11586 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11587 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11588 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11590 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11592 if (! info
->shared
)
11595 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11597 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11598 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11601 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11602 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11603 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11604 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11605 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11606 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11608 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11613 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11614 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11617 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11620 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11622 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11624 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11625 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11626 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11628 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11631 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11632 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11634 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11640 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11641 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11642 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11643 are trailing null entries. */
11644 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11645 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11646 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11647 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11648 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11649 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11650 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11651 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11656 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11661 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11668 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11670 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11672 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11673 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11677 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11679 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11680 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11683 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11684 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11687 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11688 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11690 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11692 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11693 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11694 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11695 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11700 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11701 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11702 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11703 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11704 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11706 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11708 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11710 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11712 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11713 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11714 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11715 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11717 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11718 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11719 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11724 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11726 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11729 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11731 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11735 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
11736 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11744 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11747 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11751 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11754 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11755 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11758 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11759 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11762 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11763 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11766 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11767 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11768 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11769 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11770 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11773 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11774 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11777 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11778 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11781 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11782 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11785 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11786 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11789 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11790 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11793 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11794 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11797 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11798 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11801 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11802 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11805 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11806 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11809 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11810 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11811 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11812 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11813 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11814 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11815 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11816 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11819 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11820 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11823 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11824 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11827 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11828 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11831 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11832 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11835 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11836 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11839 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11840 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11841 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11844 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11845 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11848 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11849 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11852 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11853 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11856 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11857 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11860 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11861 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
11862 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
11863 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11866 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11867 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
11868 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
11869 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11872 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
11873 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
11876 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
11877 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
11880 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11881 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11886 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11887 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11888 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11891 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11892 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11895 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11899 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11900 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11901 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11902 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11903 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11905 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11906 info for each special section. */
11907 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11908 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11911 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11913 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11914 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11915 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11917 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11920 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11921 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11922 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11923 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11924 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11925 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11926 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11927 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11930 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11931 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11932 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11933 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11934 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11935 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11936 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11937 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11938 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11941 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11942 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11944 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11945 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11947 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11950 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11951 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11952 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11953 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
11954 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
11955 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11956 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11959 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11960 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11962 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11964 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11965 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11972 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11976 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
11977 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11982 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11983 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11984 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
11987 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
11988 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
11991 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11992 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
11993 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11994 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
11997 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11998 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
11999 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12000 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12003 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12004 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12005 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12006 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12012 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12015 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12016 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12019 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12022 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12024 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12025 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12027 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12028 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12033 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12037 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12039 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12041 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12042 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12044 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12045 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12053 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12055 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12056 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12058 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12059 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12064 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12068 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12070 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12072 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12073 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12075 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12076 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12084 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12085 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12086 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12088 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12089 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12090 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12091 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12093 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12095 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12096 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12101 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12103 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12105 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12106 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12109 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12111 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12112 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12113 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12114 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12115 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12116 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12117 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12118 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12119 *pm
= options_segment
;
12125 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12127 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12128 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12129 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12130 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12131 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12133 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12134 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12139 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12143 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12145 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12150 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12155 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12158 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12159 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12160 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12170 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12171 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12173 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12175 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12178 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12179 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12180 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12181 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12182 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12183 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12184 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12185 PT_LOAD segment. */
12186 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12189 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12191 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12193 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12197 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12199 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12201 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12203 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12204 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12211 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12212 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12217 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12218 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12220 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12223 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12224 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12231 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12233 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12235 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12237 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12246 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12247 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12249 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12250 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12251 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12252 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12253 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12255 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12256 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12257 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12258 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12259 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12262 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12263 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12265 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12266 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12268 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12269 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12273 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12277 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12285 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12289 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12290 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12291 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12292 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12293 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12295 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12298 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12300 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12301 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12305 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12308 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12311 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12312 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12313 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12314 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12317 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12318 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12319 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12320 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12321 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12322 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12324 if (info
->relocatable
)
12327 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12328 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12329 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12331 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12332 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12333 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12335 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12336 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12338 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12339 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12340 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12341 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12342 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12343 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12344 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12345 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12346 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12347 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12348 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12349 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12350 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12351 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12352 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12353 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12354 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12355 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12356 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12357 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12368 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12371 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12372 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12376 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12378 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12382 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12385 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12387 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12388 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12390 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12398 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12399 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12400 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12401 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12404 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12406 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12408 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12410 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12412 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12413 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12414 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12415 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12416 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12417 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12419 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12422 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12423 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12424 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12425 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12426 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12427 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12429 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12430 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12432 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12434 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12435 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12437 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12439 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12440 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12442 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12444 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12445 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12447 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12448 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12449 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12450 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12451 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12452 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12455 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12458 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12459 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12462 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12463 unsigned char *tdata
;
12466 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12471 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12473 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12474 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12477 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12481 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12482 info
->keep_memory
);
12489 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12490 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12492 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12494 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12503 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12504 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12505 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12506 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12512 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12513 free (cookie
->rels
);
12519 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12521 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12527 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12528 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12529 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12531 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12534 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12537 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12541 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12542 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12544 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12546 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12549 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12552 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12553 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12557 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12558 from output by default for clarity. */
12561 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12563 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12566 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12567 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12569 struct mips_elf_find_line
12571 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12572 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12576 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
12577 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
12578 const char **filename_ptr
,
12579 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12580 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12584 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
12585 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12589 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
12590 section
, symbols
, offset
,
12591 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12592 line_ptr
, NULL
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12593 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12596 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12599 flagword origflags
;
12600 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12601 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12602 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12604 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12605 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12606 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12607 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12608 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12609 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12611 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12614 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12617 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12618 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12620 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12623 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12627 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12629 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12633 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12634 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12635 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12636 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12638 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12641 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12642 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12643 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12644 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12645 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12646 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12647 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12649 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12651 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12652 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12653 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12654 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12655 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12656 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12659 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12660 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12663 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12667 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12670 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12672 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
12673 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12678 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12679 const char **filename_ptr
,
12680 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12681 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12684 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12685 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12686 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12691 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12692 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12693 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12696 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12697 const void *location
,
12698 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12700 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12704 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12706 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12707 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12708 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12711 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12714 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12717 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12720 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12723 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12727 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12728 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12731 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12733 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12734 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12736 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12739 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12740 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12741 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12744 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12745 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12748 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12751 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12752 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12755 /* read in the section */
12756 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12757 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12760 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12764 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12767 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12772 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12775 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12776 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12777 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12778 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12779 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12783 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12784 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12791 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12792 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12793 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12796 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12797 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12799 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12801 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12802 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12804 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12806 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12815 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12817 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12818 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12820 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12821 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12822 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12824 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12825 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12826 to the generic handling. */
12828 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12829 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12830 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12831 input_section
, relocatable
,
12834 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12836 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12841 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12843 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12844 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12848 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12852 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12853 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12854 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12855 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12858 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12859 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12860 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12861 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12862 (*parent
)->address
)))
12865 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12866 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12868 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12869 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12870 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12873 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12882 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12883 free (reloc_vector
);
12887 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12888 free (reloc_vector
);
12893 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12894 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12896 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12897 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12898 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12899 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12900 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12901 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12902 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12903 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12904 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12905 unsigned int symcount
;
12907 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12908 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12910 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12911 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12913 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12914 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12915 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12916 sec
->size
-= count
;
12918 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12919 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12921 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12922 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12923 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12926 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12927 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12929 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12930 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12931 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12932 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12933 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12934 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12936 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12937 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12938 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12939 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12940 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12942 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12944 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12946 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12947 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12948 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12950 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12952 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
12953 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
12955 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
12963 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12964 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12966 struct opcode_descriptor
{
12967 unsigned long match
;
12968 unsigned long mask
;
12971 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12975 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12977 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12978 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12980 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12982 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12983 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12986 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12988 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
12989 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12990 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12991 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12994 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
12995 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12997 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
12998 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13000 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13001 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13003 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13004 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13006 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13007 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13009 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13010 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13013 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13015 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13016 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13017 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13019 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13021 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13022 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13023 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13024 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13027 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13028 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13029 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13030 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13033 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13034 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13035 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13036 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13039 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13040 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13041 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13042 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13045 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13047 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
13048 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
13049 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
13052 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13054 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13055 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13057 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13058 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13060 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13061 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13063 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13064 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13066 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13067 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13069 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13071 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13072 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13074 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13075 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13077 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13078 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13079 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13080 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13083 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13085 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13086 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13088 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13089 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13090 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13094 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13096 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13097 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13099 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13100 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13102 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13103 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13105 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13107 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13109 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13110 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13112 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13113 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13114 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13115 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13119 /* LUI instruction. */
13121 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13122 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13125 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13127 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13128 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13130 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13131 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13133 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13134 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13137 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13139 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13140 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13141 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13142 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13144 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13145 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13147 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13148 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13149 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13150 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13153 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13154 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13157 /* NOP instructions. */
13159 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13160 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13162 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13163 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13166 /* Instruction match support. */
13168 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13171 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13173 unsigned long indx
;
13175 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13176 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13183 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13185 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13186 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13187 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13188 the second half of another instruction. */
13191 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13193 unsigned long opcode
;
13196 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13197 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13198 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13200 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13201 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13202 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13205 /* No delay slot. */
13211 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13212 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13213 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13214 the second half of another instruction. */
13217 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13219 unsigned long opcode
;
13222 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13223 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13224 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13226 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13227 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13230 /* No delay slot. */
13236 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13237 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13240 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13242 unsigned long opcode
;
13244 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13245 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13247 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13249 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13250 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13251 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13253 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13259 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13260 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13263 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13265 unsigned long opcode
;
13267 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13268 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13270 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13271 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13272 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13274 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13275 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13276 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13277 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13278 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13279 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13280 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13281 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13287 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13288 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13289 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13292 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13293 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13294 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13296 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13297 unsigned long opcode
;
13299 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13300 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13303 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13304 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13305 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13311 /* Bitsize checking. */
13312 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13313 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13314 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13318 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13319 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13320 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13322 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13324 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13325 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13326 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13327 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13329 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13332 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13333 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13336 if (link_info
->relocatable
13337 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13338 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13339 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13342 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13344 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13345 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13346 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13347 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13348 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13351 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13352 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13353 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13355 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13356 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13357 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13358 unsigned long opcode
;
13364 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13365 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13369 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13371 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13372 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13373 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13376 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13377 if (contents
== NULL
)
13379 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13380 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13381 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13382 /* Go get them off disk. */
13383 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13386 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13388 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13389 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13391 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13392 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13393 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13394 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13396 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13400 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13401 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13403 /* A local symbol. */
13404 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13407 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13408 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13409 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13410 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13411 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13412 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13413 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13415 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13416 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13417 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13418 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13419 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13423 unsigned long indx
;
13424 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13426 /* An external symbol. */
13427 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13428 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13429 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13431 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13432 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13433 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13434 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13435 regular reloc processing. */
13438 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13439 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13440 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13441 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13442 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13446 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13447 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13448 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13449 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13450 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13451 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13452 the linker is run. */
13454 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13455 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13458 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13460 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13461 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13463 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13466 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13467 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13468 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13470 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13472 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13473 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13474 out the offset). */
13475 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13477 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13478 unsigned long nextopc
;
13482 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13484 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13485 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13486 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13489 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13490 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13491 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13492 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13495 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13496 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13497 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13498 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13501 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13502 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13503 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13504 it through if so. */
13505 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13506 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13507 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13508 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13509 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13510 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13512 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13514 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13517 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13519 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13520 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13521 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13522 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13523 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13524 switch (offset
- 4)
13529 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13533 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13540 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13542 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13544 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13547 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13548 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13549 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13551 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13552 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13554 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13555 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13557 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13558 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13559 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13560 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13561 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13562 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13565 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13566 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13567 the PC-relative distance. */
13568 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13569 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13570 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13571 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13572 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13574 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13575 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13577 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13578 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13579 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13581 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13582 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13585 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13589 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13590 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13592 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13597 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13598 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13599 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13600 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13601 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13602 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13603 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13604 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13606 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13607 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13608 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13609 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13611 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13615 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13617 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13618 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13619 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13620 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13622 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13624 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13625 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13629 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13630 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13632 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13633 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13634 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13636 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13637 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13639 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13642 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13645 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13650 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13651 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13653 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13654 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13655 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13656 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13657 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13658 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13662 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13664 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13665 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13667 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13669 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13670 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13671 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13674 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13679 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13681 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13682 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13683 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13684 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13686 unsigned long n32opc
;
13687 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13689 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13691 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13693 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13694 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13698 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13700 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13702 (move_insn_16
.match
13703 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13704 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13709 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13710 instructions will be handled here later. */
13714 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13715 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13716 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13718 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13726 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13727 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13728 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13729 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13731 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13732 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13733 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13736 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13737 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13742 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13743 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13745 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13749 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13750 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13754 if (contents
!= NULL
13755 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13757 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13761 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13762 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13766 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13767 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13768 free (internal_relocs
);
13773 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13774 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13776 if (contents
!= NULL
13777 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13779 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13780 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13781 free (internal_relocs
);
13786 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13788 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13789 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13791 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13792 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13794 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13798 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13799 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13800 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13806 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13807 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13809 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13812 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13814 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13815 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13817 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13819 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13822 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13824 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13825 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13826 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13831 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13832 and copy relocs. */
13835 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13837 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13840 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13841 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13844 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
13846 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
13849 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
13852 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
13854 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
13856 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
13857 return AFL_EXT_3900
;
13858 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
13859 return AFL_EXT_4010
;
13860 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
13861 return AFL_EXT_4100
;
13862 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
13863 return AFL_EXT_4111
;
13864 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
13865 return AFL_EXT_4120
;
13866 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
13867 return AFL_EXT_4650
;
13868 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
13869 return AFL_EXT_5400
;
13870 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
13871 return AFL_EXT_5500
;
13872 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
13873 return AFL_EXT_5900
;
13874 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
13875 return AFL_EXT_10000
;
13876 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
13877 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
13878 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
13879 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
13880 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
13881 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
13882 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
13883 return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
13884 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
13885 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
13886 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
13887 return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
13888 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
13889 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
13890 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
13891 return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
13896 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
13899 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
13901 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
13903 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
:
13904 abiflags
->isa_level
= 1;
13905 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13907 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
:
13908 abiflags
->isa_level
= 2;
13909 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13911 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
:
13912 abiflags
->isa_level
= 3;
13913 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13915 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
:
13916 abiflags
->isa_level
= 4;
13917 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13919 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
:
13920 abiflags
->isa_level
= 5;
13921 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13923 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
13924 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13925 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
13927 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
13928 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13929 /* Handle MIPS32r3 and MIPS32r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13930 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
13931 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
13933 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
13934 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13935 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
13937 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
13938 /* Handle MIPS64r3 and MIPS64r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13939 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13940 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
13941 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
13944 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13945 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
13946 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
13949 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
13952 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13955 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
13957 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
13958 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13959 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13960 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13961 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13962 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13963 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
13964 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
13967 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
13970 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
13972 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
13974 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
13975 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
13977 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
13978 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
13980 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
13982 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
13984 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13985 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
13987 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
13988 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
13989 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
13990 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
13991 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
13992 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
13993 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
13994 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
13995 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
13997 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
13999 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14000 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14001 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14002 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14003 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14004 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14006 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14007 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14008 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14009 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14010 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14011 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14014 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14015 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14016 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14019 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14022 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14023 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14024 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14025 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14026 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14027 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14028 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14029 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14030 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14031 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14036 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14038 static const char * const secname
[] =
14040 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14041 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14043 static const int sc
[] =
14045 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14046 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14049 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14051 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14052 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14054 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14057 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14059 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14061 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14065 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14066 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14068 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14070 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14071 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14072 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14073 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14074 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14075 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14076 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14077 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14078 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14079 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14080 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14081 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14083 else if (info
->relocatable
)
14085 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14087 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14088 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14090 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14093 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14094 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14098 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14099 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14100 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14104 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14106 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14107 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14109 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14110 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14111 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14113 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14115 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14116 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14117 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14118 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14120 asection
*input_section
;
14122 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14124 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14129 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14131 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14132 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14133 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14136 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14137 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14139 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14140 matters, but someday it might). */
14141 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14146 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14148 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14150 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14151 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14152 the information together. */
14153 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14155 asection
*input_section
;
14157 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14160 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14162 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14167 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14168 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14170 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14171 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14174 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14176 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14177 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14178 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14179 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14180 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14182 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14183 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14184 finally written out. */
14186 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14187 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14188 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14191 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14192 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14194 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14195 matters, but someday it might). */
14196 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14201 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14203 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14206 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14207 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14208 the information together. */
14209 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14210 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14211 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14212 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14213 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14214 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14215 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14216 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14217 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14218 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14219 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14220 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14221 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14223 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14225 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14226 debug_info structure. */
14228 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14229 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14230 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14231 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14232 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14234 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14235 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14236 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14237 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14239 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14240 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14244 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14248 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14249 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14250 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14251 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14253 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14255 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14256 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14259 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14260 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14263 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14264 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14265 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14269 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14271 asection
*input_section
;
14273 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14274 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14278 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14280 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14285 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14286 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14288 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14290 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14291 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14292 want to deal with it. */
14296 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14297 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14299 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14301 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14302 read in the debugging information and set up an
14303 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14304 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14308 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14309 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14310 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14313 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14314 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14315 the linker global hash table and save the information
14316 for the output external symbols. */
14317 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14318 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14319 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14320 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14322 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14323 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14327 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14329 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14330 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14331 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14332 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14335 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14336 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14337 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14338 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14343 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14344 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14345 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14351 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14352 free (input_debug
.line
);
14353 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14354 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14355 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14356 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14357 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14358 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14359 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14360 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14361 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14362 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14364 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14365 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14366 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14369 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
14371 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14372 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14373 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14375 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14376 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14378 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14381 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14382 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14386 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14392 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14395 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14397 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14398 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14399 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14403 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14404 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14406 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14407 matters, but someday it might). */
14408 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14413 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14415 const char *subname
;
14418 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14421 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14422 information describing how the small data area would
14423 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14424 not used in executables files. */
14425 if (! info
->relocatable
)
14427 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14429 asection
*input_section
;
14431 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14433 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14438 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14440 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14441 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14442 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14445 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14446 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14447 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14449 /* Really remove the section. */
14450 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14451 --abfd
->section_count
;
14456 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14457 uninitialized data. */
14458 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14459 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14460 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14464 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14465 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14466 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14467 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14471 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14472 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14473 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14474 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14475 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14476 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14477 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14479 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14480 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14482 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14483 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14484 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14487 /* Set up the first entry. */
14489 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14490 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14493 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14494 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14496 /* Combine the input sections. */
14497 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14499 asection
*input_section
;
14501 bfd_size_type size
;
14502 unsigned long last
;
14503 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14505 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14507 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14512 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14513 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14515 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14516 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14517 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14518 size
= input_section
->size
;
14520 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14522 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14524 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14525 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14531 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14532 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14533 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14539 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14541 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14542 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14545 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14547 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14548 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14550 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14556 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14559 /* We need a new table entry. */
14560 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14561 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14562 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14568 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14569 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14571 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14572 value, since that will be implied by this new
14575 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14577 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14579 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14580 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14584 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14585 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14590 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14593 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14594 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14595 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14598 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14600 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14602 /* Swap out the table. */
14603 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14604 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14605 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14611 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14615 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14616 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14618 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14619 matters, but someday it might). */
14620 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14624 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14625 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14628 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14630 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14632 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14633 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14635 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14637 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14638 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14640 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14641 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14643 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14644 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14648 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14650 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14652 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14653 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14657 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14659 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14660 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14662 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14665 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14668 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14670 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14671 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14672 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14676 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14678 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14679 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14680 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14684 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14686 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14687 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14689 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14690 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14691 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14699 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14701 struct mips_mach_extension
14703 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14707 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14708 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14710 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14712 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14713 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14714 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14715 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14716 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14718 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14719 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14720 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14721 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14723 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14724 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14726 /* R10000 extensions. */
14727 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14728 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14729 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14731 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14732 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14733 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14734 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14735 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14736 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14737 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14739 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14740 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14741 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14742 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14743 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14744 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14746 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14747 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14748 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14750 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14751 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14752 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14753 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14754 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14755 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14756 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14757 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14758 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14759 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14760 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14762 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14763 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14765 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14766 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14767 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14769 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14770 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14771 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14775 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14778 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14782 if (extension
== base
)
14785 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14786 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14789 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14790 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14793 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14794 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14796 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14797 if (extension
== base
)
14805 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
14806 there are conflicting attributes. */
14808 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14810 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14811 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
14815 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
14816 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14817 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14818 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14820 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
14822 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14823 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
14825 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
14827 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
14828 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14830 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
14832 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
14837 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
14838 non-conflicting ones. */
14839 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14840 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14844 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14845 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14846 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
14847 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14848 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
14849 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14850 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14851 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14852 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14854 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14855 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14857 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14858 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14859 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14860 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14861 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14862 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14863 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14865 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14866 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14868 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14869 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14870 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14871 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14873 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
14875 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
14876 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
14877 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
14878 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
14880 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14881 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14882 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
14883 else if (!out_string
)
14885 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14886 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14887 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
14888 else if (!in_string
)
14890 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14891 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14892 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
14895 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
14896 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
14897 really relevant to the error message. */
14898 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14899 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
14900 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14901 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
14903 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14904 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
14909 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
14910 non-conflicting ones. */
14911 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14913 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
14914 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14915 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
14916 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14917 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14919 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
14921 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14922 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14923 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14924 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
14928 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14930 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
14932 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14933 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14934 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14935 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
14940 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14941 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14942 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14943 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
14944 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
14950 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
14951 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14956 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
14957 object file when linking. */
14960 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14962 flagword old_flags
;
14963 flagword new_flags
;
14965 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
14967 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
14969 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
14970 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
14972 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14973 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14978 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
14981 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
14983 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14984 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14989 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
14991 if (mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14993 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14994 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14995 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
=
14996 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
14999 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
15002 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
15003 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
15004 actually cause any incompatibility. */
15005 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15007 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15008 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15009 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15010 not affect compatibility. */
15011 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15012 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15013 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15015 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15016 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15017 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15019 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15023 if (null_input_bfd
)
15026 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15027 if (!mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15029 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
);
15030 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15034 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15035 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15036 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15037 in_abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15039 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15040 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15041 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15042 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15044 if (in_abiflags
.isa_level
!= abiflags
.isa_level
15045 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
!= abiflags
.isa_rev
15046 || in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15047 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15048 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15049 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15050 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15051 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15052 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15053 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between e_flags and "
15054 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15055 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15056 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15057 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15058 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15059 if (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15060 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15061 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15062 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15063 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15064 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15065 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15066 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15067 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15070 if (!mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15072 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15073 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15074 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15077 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15079 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15080 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15081 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15082 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15084 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15085 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15086 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15087 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15089 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15090 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15093 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15094 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15100 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15101 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15102 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15104 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15105 /* Merge abiflags. */
15106 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
15107 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15108 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15109 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
15110 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15111 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15112 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
15113 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15114 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15115 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
15116 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15117 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15119 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.ases
15120 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.ases
;
15121 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
15122 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
;
15124 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15125 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15126 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15128 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15130 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15131 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15133 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15134 doesn't seem to matter. */
15135 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15136 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15138 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15139 just be able to ignore this. */
15140 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15141 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15143 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15144 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15145 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15147 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15152 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15153 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15155 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15156 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15161 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15162 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15163 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15164 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15166 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15167 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15169 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15170 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15172 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15173 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15177 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15179 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15180 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15182 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15183 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15184 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15185 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15186 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15187 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15188 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15190 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15191 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15193 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15194 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15195 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15196 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15197 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15198 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15202 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15203 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15204 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15206 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15207 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15212 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15213 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15215 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15216 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15217 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15218 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15219 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15221 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15222 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15223 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15224 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15226 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15227 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15229 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15230 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15233 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15234 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15237 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15238 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15239 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15241 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15242 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15243 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15244 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15245 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15246 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15248 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15250 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15251 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15253 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15254 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15258 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15260 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15261 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15264 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15265 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15267 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15269 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15270 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15271 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15272 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15274 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15275 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15278 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15279 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15281 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15283 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15284 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15285 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15286 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15288 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15289 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15292 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15293 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15295 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15296 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
15297 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15298 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15304 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15311 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15314 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15316 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15317 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15319 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15320 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15325 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15329 default: return "";
15330 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15331 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15332 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15333 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15334 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15335 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15336 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15337 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15338 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15339 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15340 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15341 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15343 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15344 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15345 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15346 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15347 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15348 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15349 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15350 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15351 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15352 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15353 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15354 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15355 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15356 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15357 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15358 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15359 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15360 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15361 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15362 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15363 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15364 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15365 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15366 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15367 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15368 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15369 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15370 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15371 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15372 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15373 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15374 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15375 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15376 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15377 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15378 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15379 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15380 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15381 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15382 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15383 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15384 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15385 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15386 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15387 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15388 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15389 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15390 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15391 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15392 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15393 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15394 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15395 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15396 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15397 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15398 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15399 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15400 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15401 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15402 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15403 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15404 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15405 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15406 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15407 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15408 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15409 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15410 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15411 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15412 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15413 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15414 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15415 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15416 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15417 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15418 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15419 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15423 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15427 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15431 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15433 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15434 return "-mdouble-float";
15436 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15437 return "-msingle-float";
15439 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15440 return "-msoft-float";
15442 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15443 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15445 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15448 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15449 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15451 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15452 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15460 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15462 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15463 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15464 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15465 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15466 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15467 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15468 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15469 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15470 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15471 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15472 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15473 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15474 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15475 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15476 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15477 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15478 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15479 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15480 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15481 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15482 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15483 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15484 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15485 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15486 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15487 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15489 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15493 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15498 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15501 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15503 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15504 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15506 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15507 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15509 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15510 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15512 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15513 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15516 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15519 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15522 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15525 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15528 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15530 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15531 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15534 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15537 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15540 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15543 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15546 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15548 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15549 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15551 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15552 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15555 fputs (_("Unknown"), file
);
15561 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15565 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15566 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15568 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15569 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15571 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15572 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15574 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15575 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15577 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15578 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15580 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15581 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15583 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15584 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15586 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15587 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15590 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15596 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15598 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15599 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15600 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15601 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15606 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15610 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15612 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15613 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15615 /* xgettext:c-format */
15616 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15618 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15619 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15620 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15621 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15622 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15623 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15624 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15625 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15626 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15627 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15628 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15629 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15630 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15631 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15633 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15635 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15636 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15637 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15638 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15639 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15640 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15641 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15642 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15643 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15644 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15645 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15646 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15647 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15648 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15649 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15650 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15651 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15652 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15653 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15654 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15655 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15656 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15658 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15660 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15661 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15663 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15664 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15666 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15667 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15669 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15670 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15672 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15673 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15675 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15676 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15678 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15680 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15681 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15683 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15684 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15686 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15687 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15689 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15690 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15692 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15693 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15695 fputc ('\n', file
);
15697 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15699 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15700 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15701 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15702 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15703 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15704 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15705 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15706 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15707 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15708 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15709 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15710 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15711 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15712 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15713 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15714 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15715 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15716 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15717 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15718 fputc ('\n', file
);
15724 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15727 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15728 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15729 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15730 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15735 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15736 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15737 definiton of the symbol. */
15739 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15740 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15741 bfd_boolean definition
,
15742 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15744 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15746 unsigned char other
;
15748 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15749 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15750 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15754 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15755 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15758 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15759 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15761 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15763 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15767 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15769 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15770 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15771 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15774 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15775 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15778 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15779 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15782 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15783 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15786 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15787 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15788 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15789 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15790 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15791 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15792 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15793 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15796 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15797 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15798 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15799 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15802 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15803 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15804 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15805 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15807 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15808 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15809 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15810 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15811 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15812 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15813 unsigned int other
;
15814 bfd_vma entry_size
;
15833 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
15836 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
15837 if (relplt
== NULL
)
15840 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
15841 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
15844 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
15848 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
15849 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
15851 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
15853 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15854 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15855 PLT slots per relocation. */
15856 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
15857 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
15858 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
15859 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
15860 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
15861 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
15862 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15864 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15865 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
15867 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
15870 if (plt
->size
< 16)
15873 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
15876 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
15878 names
= (char *) send
;
15879 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
15882 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
15883 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
15887 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15888 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15890 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
15894 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15895 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15899 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15904 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
15908 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
15909 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
15910 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
15914 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
15915 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
15916 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
15918 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
15919 const char *suffix
;
15924 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
15926 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
15927 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
15931 /* Truncated table??? */
15932 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
15934 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
15935 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15936 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
15937 suffix
= m16suffix
;
15938 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
15940 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
15941 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
15945 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
15946 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
15947 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
15949 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15950 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
15951 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15952 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
15953 suffix
= microsuffix
;
15954 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15956 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
15957 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
15959 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
15960 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
15961 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
15962 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
15963 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15964 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15965 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
15966 suffix
= microsuffix
;
15967 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15969 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
15972 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
15973 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
15974 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
15975 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
15976 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15977 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
15978 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
15979 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
15982 /* Truncated table??? */
15983 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
15987 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
15988 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
15995 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
15996 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
15997 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
15998 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
15999 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16000 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16002 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16004 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16006 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16007 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16008 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16011 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16013 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16014 names
+= suffixlen
;
16017 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16027 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16029 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16030 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16032 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16035 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16038 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16039 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16042 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16044 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16045 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16046 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;